| Line 1... |
Line 1... |
/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
|
/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
|
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
|
Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
|
<ian@cygnus.com>.
|
<ian@cygnus.com>.
|
N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
|
N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
|
<mark@codesourcery.com>
|
<mark@codesourcery.com>
|
| Line 143... |
Line 143... |
/* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
|
/* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
|
symbol table. */
|
symbol table. */
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
|
/* The number of global .got entries. */
|
/* The number of global .got entries. */
|
unsigned int global_gotno;
|
unsigned int global_gotno;
|
|
/* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
|
|
unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
|
/* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
|
/* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
|
unsigned int tls_gotno;
|
unsigned int tls_gotno;
|
/* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
|
/* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
|
unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
|
unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
|
| Line 232... |
Line 234... |
struct _mips_elf_section_data
|
struct _mips_elf_section_data
|
{
|
{
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
|
union
|
union
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_got_info *got_info;
|
|
bfd_byte *tdata;
|
bfd_byte *tdata;
|
} u;
|
} u;
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
|
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
|
((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
|
((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
|
|
|
|
#define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
|
|
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
|
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
|
|
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_TDATA)
|
|
|
|
/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
|
|
a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
|
|
linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
|
|
contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
|
|
(in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
|
|
like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
|
|
|
|
GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
|
|
GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
|
|
GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
|
|
the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
|
|
accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
|
|
relocations only.
|
|
|
|
These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
|
|
values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
|
|
values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
|
|
#define GGA_NORMAL 0
|
|
#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
|
|
#define GGA_NONE 2
|
|
|
|
/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
|
|
two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
|
|
|
|
lui $25,%hi(func)
|
|
addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
|
|
|
|
immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
|
|
|
|
lui $25,%hi(func)
|
|
j func
|
|
addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
|
|
|
|
to a separate trampoline section.
|
|
|
|
Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
|
|
target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
|
|
pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
|
|
/* The generated section that contains this stub. */
|
|
asection *stub_section;
|
|
|
|
/* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
|
|
|
/* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
|
|
in H->root.root.u.def. */
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
|
|
|
|
#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
|
|
#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
|
|
#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
|
|
|
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
|
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
|
the dynamic symbols. */
|
the dynamic symbols. */
|
|
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 270... |
Line 332... |
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
|
|
/* External symbol information. */
|
/* External symbol information. */
|
EXTR esym;
|
EXTR esym;
|
|
|
|
/* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
|
|
|
/* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
|
/* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
|
this symbol. */
|
this symbol. */
|
unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
|
|
/* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
|
|
a readonly section. */
|
|
bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
|
|
|
|
/* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
|
|
related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
|
|
R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
|
|
p. 4-20. */
|
|
bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
|
|
|
|
/* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
|
/* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
|
16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
asection *fn_stub;
|
asection *fn_stub;
|
|
|
/* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
|
|
in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
|
|
bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
|
|
|
|
/* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
|
/* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
|
32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
asection *call_stub;
|
asection *call_stub;
|
|
|
/* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
|
/* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
|
being called returns a floating point value. */
|
being called returns a floating point value. */
|
asection *call_fp_stub;
|
asection *call_fp_stub;
|
|
|
/* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
|
|
the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
|
|
bfd_boolean forced_local;
|
|
|
|
/* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
|
|
bfd_boolean is_relocation_target;
|
|
|
|
/* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
|
|
bfd_boolean is_branch_target;
|
|
|
|
#define GOT_NORMAL 0
|
#define GOT_NORMAL 0
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD 1
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD 1
|
#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
|
#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
|
#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
|
#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
|
#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
|
#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
|
|
/* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
|
/* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
|
is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
|
is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
|
there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
|
there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
|
structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
|
structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
|
possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
|
possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
|
overloaded already. */
|
overloaded already. */
|
bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
|
bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
|
|
|
|
/* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
|
|
unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
|
|
|
|
/* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
|
|
is against a readonly section. */
|
|
unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
|
|
|
|
/* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
|
|
resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
|
|
cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
|
|
unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
|
|
|
|
/* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
|
|
This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
|
|
taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
|
|
See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
|
|
unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
|
|
in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
|
|
unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
|
|
|
|
/* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
|
|
any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
|
|
la25 stub is required. */
|
|
unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
|
|
(as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
|
|
unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
|
| Line 336... |
Line 409... |
#if 0
|
#if 0
|
/* We no longer use this. */
|
/* We no longer use this. */
|
/* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
|
/* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
|
bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
|
bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
|
|
/* The number of .rtproc entries. */
|
/* The number of .rtproc entries. */
|
bfd_size_type procedure_count;
|
bfd_size_type procedure_count;
|
|
|
/* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
|
/* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
|
bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
|
bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
|
|
|
/* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
|
/* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
|
entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
|
entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
|
bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
|
bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
|
|
|
/* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
|
/* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
|
bfd_vma rld_value;
|
bfd_vma rld_value;
|
|
|
/* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
|
/* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
|
bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
|
bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
|
/* True if we've computed the size of the GOT. */
|
|
bfd_boolean computed_got_sizes;
|
/* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
|
|
bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
|
|
|
/* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
|
/* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
|
bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
|
bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
|
|
|
/* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
|
/* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
|
bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
|
bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
|
|
|
/* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
|
/* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
|
being used. */
|
being used. */
|
asection *srelbss;
|
asection *srelbss;
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
asection *srelplt;
|
asection *srelplt;
|
asection *srelplt2;
|
asection *srelplt2;
|
asection *sgotplt;
|
asection *sgotplt;
|
asection *splt;
|
asection *splt;
|
/* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
|
asection *sstubs;
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
|
|
/* The master GOT information. */
|
|
struct mips_got_info *got_info;
|
|
|
|
/* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
|
bfd_vma plt_header_size;
|
bfd_vma plt_header_size;
|
/* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
|
|
|
/* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
|
bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
|
bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
|
|
|
|
/* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
|
|
bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
|
|
|
/* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
|
/* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
|
bfd_vma function_stub_size;
|
bfd_vma function_stub_size;
|
|
|
|
/* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
|
|
unsigned int reserved_gotno;
|
|
|
|
/* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
|
|
See the comment above that structure for details. */
|
|
asection *strampoline;
|
|
|
|
/* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
|
|
pairs. */
|
|
htab_t la25_stubs;
|
|
|
|
/* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
|
|
called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
|
|
the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
|
|
should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
|
|
|
|
The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
|
|
returns null. */
|
|
asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info {
|
|
/* The usual link-wide information. */
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|
bfd *output_bfd;
|
|
|
|
/* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
|
|
bfd_boolean error;
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
|
#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
|
(r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
|
(r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
|
| Line 517... |
Line 640... |
} RPDR, *pRPDR;
|
} RPDR, *pRPDR;
|
#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
|
#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
|
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
|
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
|
|
|
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
|
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *,
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
|
bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
|
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
|
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
|
(bfd_vma);
|
(bfd_vma);
|
static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
|
|
(bfd *, asection *);
|
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
|
bfd_vma *, asection *);
|
bfd_vma *, asection *);
|
static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
|
static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
|
| Line 539... |
Line 660... |
(struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
|
(struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
|
|
|
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
|
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
|
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
|
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
|
|
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
|
|
non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
|
|
#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
|
|
( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
|
|
|| ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
|
|
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
|
|
This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
|
|
for RM9000 for now. */
|
|
#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
|
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
|
|
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
|
|
This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
|
|
all CPUs. */
|
|
#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
|
|
|
|
/* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
|
|
#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
|
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
|
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
|
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
|
| Line 609... |
Line 751... |
#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
|
#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
|
? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
|
: bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
|
: bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
|
|
|
|
/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
|
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
|
|
|
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
|
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
|
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
|
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
|
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
|
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
|
| Line 642... |
Line 788... |
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
|
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
|
from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
|
from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
|
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
|
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
|
#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
|
#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
|
|
|
/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
|
/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
|
#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
|
a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
|
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
|
module pointer. */
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
|
|
((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
|
|
|
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
|
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
|
#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
|
#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
|
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
|
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
|
|
|
| Line 744... |
Line 892... |
|
|
#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
|
#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
|
#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
|
#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
|
#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
|
#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
|
|
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
|
0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
|
|
0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
|
0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
|
|
because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
|
0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
|
|
0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
|
0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
|
|
from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
|
0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
|
|
0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
|
0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
|
0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
|
0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
|
|
0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
|
|
0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
|
|
0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
|
|
};
|
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = {
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
|
0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = {
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
|
0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
|
| Line 767... |
Line 967... |
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = {
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
|
0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = {
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
|
|
{
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| Line 853... |
Line 1055... |
/* Set local fields. */
|
/* Set local fields. */
|
memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
|
memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
|
/* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
|
/* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
|
not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
|
not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
|
ret->esym.ifd = -2;
|
ret->esym.ifd = -2;
|
|
ret->la25_stub = 0;
|
ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
|
|
ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
|
ret->fn_stub = NULL;
|
ret->fn_stub = NULL;
|
ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
|
ret->call_stub = NULL;
|
ret->call_stub = NULL;
|
ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
|
ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
|
ret->forced_local = FALSE;
|
|
ret->is_branch_target = FALSE;
|
|
ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE;
|
|
ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
|
ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
|
ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
|
|
ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
|
|
ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
|
ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
|
ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
|
|
ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 1140... |
Line 1344... |
free (ss);
|
free (ss);
|
if (sv != NULL)
|
if (sv != NULL)
|
free (sv);
|
free (sv);
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
|
|
value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
|
const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
|
|
bfd_vma size)
|
|
{
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new symbol. */
|
|
name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
|
if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
|
|
BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
|
|
TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Make it a local function. */
|
|
elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
|
elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
|
|
elfh->size = size;
|
|
elfh->forced_local = 1;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
|
|
current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
|
|
to read. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
|
const char *prefix)
|
|
{
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
|
|
|
/* Read the symbol's value. */
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
|
s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
|
value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new symbol. */
|
|
name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
|
if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
|
|
BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
|
|
TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
|
|
elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
|
elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
|
|
elfh->other = h->root.other;
|
|
elfh->size = h->root.size;
|
|
elfh->forced_local = 1;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
|
|
function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
|
|
return (FN_STUB_P (name)
|
|
|| CALL_STUB_P (name)
|
|
|| CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
|
|
stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
|
|
function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
|
|
|
|
static unsigned long
|
|
mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
|
|
{
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
|
|
|
/* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
|
if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
|
|
return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
|
|
the traditional behavior. */
|
|
if (relocs < relend)
|
|
return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
|
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
|
discard them. */
|
discard them. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static void
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
{
|
{
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
/* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
objects try to call them. */
|
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
|
|
&& h->root.dynindx != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
|
|
h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
|
&& ! h->need_fn_stub)
|
&& ! h->need_fn_stub)
|
{
|
{
|
/* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
|
/* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
|
| Line 1164... |
Line 1480... |
h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (h->call_stub != NULL
|
if (h->call_stub != NULL
|
&& h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
|
&& ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
|
{
|
{
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
h->call_stub->size = 0;
|
h->call_stub->size = 0;
|
| Line 1176... |
Line 1492... |
h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
|
if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
|
&& h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
|
&& ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
|
{
|
{
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
|
h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
|
h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
|
|
|
|
static hashval_t
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
|
|
|
|
entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
|
|
return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
|
|
+ entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
|
|
|
|
entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
|
|
entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
|
|
return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
|
|
== entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
|
&& (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
|
|
== entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
|
|
the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
|
|
success. */
|
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
|
|
asection *))
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
htab->add_stub_section = fn;
|
|
htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
|
|
if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
|
|
that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
|
|
functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
|
|
using PC-relative instructions instead. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
|
{
|
|
return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
|
&& h->root.def_regular
|
|
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
|
&& !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
|
|
&& (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
|
|
|| ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
|
|
by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
|
|
Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
asection *s, *input_section;
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
|
|
/* Create a unique name for the new section. */
|
|
name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
|
|
|
|
/* Create the section. */
|
|
input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
|
s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
|
|
input_section->output_section);
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
|
|
align = input_section->alignment_power;
|
|
if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
if (align > 3)
|
|
s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
|
|
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the stub. */
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
|
|
stub->stub_section = s;
|
|
stub->offset = s->size;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate room for it. */
|
|
s->size += 8;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
|
|
with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
|
|
the function symbol to it. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
|
|
/* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
|
|
s = htab->strampoline;
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
|
s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
|
|
input_section->output_section);
|
|
if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
htab->strampoline = s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the stub. */
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
|
|
stub->stub_section = s;
|
|
stub->offset = s->size;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate room for it. */
|
|
s->size += 16;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
|
|
appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
|
|
bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
|
void **slot;
|
|
|
|
/* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
|
|
of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
|
|
s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
|
value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
|
use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
|
|
|
|
/* Describe the stub we want. */
|
|
search.stub_section = NULL;
|
|
search.offset = 0;
|
|
search.h = h;
|
|
|
|
/* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
|
|
if (slot == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
|
|
if (stub != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We can reuse the existing stub. */
|
|
h->la25_stub = stub;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
|
|
stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
|
|
if (stub == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
*stub = search;
|
|
*slot = stub;
|
|
|
|
h->la25_stub = stub;
|
|
return (use_trampoline_p
|
|
? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
|
|
: mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
|
|
sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
|
|
|
|
hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
|
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
|
|
|
if (!hti->info->relocatable)
|
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
|
|
|
|
if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
|
|
{
|
|
/* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
|
|
If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
|
|
being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
|
|
non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
|
|
stub. */
|
|
if (hti->info->relocatable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
|
|
h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
|
|
{
|
|
hti->error = TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
|
/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
|
Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
|
Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
|
| Line 1249... |
Line 1794... |
(((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
(((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
|
When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
|
let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
|
((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
|
|
|
R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
|
The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
|
mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
|
Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
|
|
given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
|
|
immediate fields:
|
|
|
|
R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
|
|
R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
|
|
R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
|
|
R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
|
|
R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
|
|
|
|
A typical instruction will have a format like this:
|
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
|
| EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
|
| Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
|
|
EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
|
EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
|
opcode.
|
opcode.
|
|
|
This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
|
All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
|
addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
|
As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
|
is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
|
little-endian system. */
|
|
|
All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
|
mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
little-endian system.
|
{
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
|
{
|
access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
|
case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
|
except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
for R_MIPS16_GPREL.
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
*/
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
|
got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
|
call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
|
hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
|
lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_LO16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
|
mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
void
|
void
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
|
if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
&& r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
|
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
/* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
|
/* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
|
extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
|
extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
|
| Line 1308... |
Line 1900... |
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
|
if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
&& r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
|
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 1438... |
Line 2029... |
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
|
/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
|
like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
|
like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
|
treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
|
treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
|
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
|
_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
|
| Line 1487... |
Line 2078... |
bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
|
bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
|
struct mips_hi16 *hi;
|
struct mips_hi16 *hi;
|
|
|
hi = mips_hi16_list;
|
hi = mips_hi16_list;
|
|
|
/* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
|
/* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
|
want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
|
want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
|
relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
|
relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
|
relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
|
relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
|
has a rightshift of 0. */
|
has a rightshift of 0. */
|
if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
|
if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
|
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
|
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
|
|
else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
|
|
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
|
|
|
/* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
|
/* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
|
carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
|
carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
|
hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
|
hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
|
|
|
| Line 1921... |
Line 2514... |
+ sec->output_offset
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
+ output_section->vma);
|
+ output_section->vma);
|
else
|
else
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (h->root.needs_plt)
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
|
bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
|
|
|
|
while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
{
|
|
hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!no_fn_stub)
|
if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
|
/* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
|
h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
|
h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
|
sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
|
sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
|
if (sec == NULL)
|
if (sec == NULL)
|
| Line 2114... |
Line 2703... |
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
return sreloc;
|
return sreloc;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
|
|
|
|
static asection *
|
|
mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
|
|
if (sgot == NULL
|
|
|| (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return sgot;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
|
|
INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
|
|
section. */
|
|
|
|
static struct mips_got_info *
|
|
mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
|
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
|
|
g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (sgotp)
|
|
*sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
|
|
|
|
return g;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
|
/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
|
access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
|
access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
|
is NULL). */
|
is NULL). */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
| Line 2243... |
Line 2798... |
/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
|
/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
|
asection *sreloc,
|
asection *sreloc,
|
|
unsigned long reloc_index,
|
unsigned long indx,
|
unsigned long indx,
|
int r_type,
|
int r_type,
|
bfd_vma offset)
|
bfd_vma offset)
|
{
|
{
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
|
| Line 2259... |
Line 2815... |
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
{
|
{
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
(sreloc->contents
|
(sreloc->contents
|
+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
|
+ reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
(sreloc->contents
|
(sreloc->contents
|
+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
|
+ reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
|
++sreloc->reloc_count;
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
|
/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
| Line 2278... |
Line 2833... |
unsigned char *tls_type_p,
|
unsigned char *tls_type_p,
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
bfd_vma value)
|
bfd_vma value)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
int indx;
|
int indx;
|
asection *sreloc, *sgot;
|
asection *sreloc, *sgot;
|
bfd_vma offset, offset2;
|
bfd_vma offset, offset2;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
|
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
|
|
indx = 0;
|
indx = 0;
|
if (h != NULL)
|
if (h != NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
|
bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
|
| Line 2324... |
Line 2879... |
offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
|
if (need_relocs)
|
if (need_relocs)
|
{
|
{
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
(abfd, sreloc, indx,
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
|
|
if (indx)
|
if (indx)
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
(abfd, sreloc, indx,
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
|
else
|
else
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
|
sgot->contents + offset2);
|
sgot->contents + offset2);
|
| Line 2363... |
Line 2918... |
else
|
else
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
(abfd, sreloc, indx,
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
|
| Line 2385... |
Line 2940... |
if (!info->shared)
|
if (!info->shared)
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
|
sgot->contents + got_offset);
|
sgot->contents + got_offset);
|
else
|
else
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
(abfd, sreloc, indx,
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
*tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
|
*tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
|
| Line 2446... |
Line 3001... |
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
|
|
|
/* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
|
|
section starts with reserved entries. */
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
|
|
/* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
|
/* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
|
plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
|
plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
|
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
|
/* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
| Line 2472... |
Line 3031... |
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
|
bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *sgot;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
|
r_symndx, h, r_type);
|
value, r_symndx, h, r_type);
|
|
if (!entry)
|
if (!entry)
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
|
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
{
|
{
|
if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
|
if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
|
/* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
|
/* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
|
hash table entry to track the index. */
|
hash table entry to track the index. */
|
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
|
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
|
r_type, info, h, value);
|
r_type, info, h, value);
|
else
|
else
|
| Line 2504... |
Line 3061... |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
bfd_vma index;
|
bfd_vma index;
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
long global_got_dynindx = 0;
|
long global_got_dynindx = 0;
|
|
|
gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
gg = g = htab->got_info;
|
if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
|
if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
|
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
|
| Line 2575... |
Line 3133... |
offset. */
|
offset. */
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
|
index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
|
index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
|
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
|
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
|
}
|
}
|
BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
|
BFD_ASSERT (index < htab->sgot->size);
|
|
|
return index;
|
return index;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
|
/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
|
| Line 2590... |
Line 3148... |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
bfd_vma page, index;
|
bfd_vma page, index;
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
|
|
|
|
page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
|
page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
|
page, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
|
NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
|
|
|
if (!entry)
|
if (!entry)
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
|
|
index = entry->gotidx;
|
index = entry->gotidx;
|
| Line 2612... |
Line 3166... |
*offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
|
*offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
|
|
|
return index;
|
return index;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
|
/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
|
EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
|
EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
|
that has been forced local. */
|
that has been forced local. */
|
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
|
/* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
|
/* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
|
relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
|
relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
|
symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
|
symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
|
equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
|
equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
|
if (! external)
|
if (! external)
|
value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
|
value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
|
/* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
|
|
R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
|
same in all cases. */
|
value, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
|
|
NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
|
if (entry)
|
if (entry)
|
return entry->gotidx;
|
return entry->gotidx;
|
else
|
else
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
|
/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
|
in the GOT. */
|
in the GOT. */
|
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
|
mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
|
bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
|
bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
asection *sgot;
|
asection *sgot;
|
bfd_vma gp;
|
bfd_vma gp;
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
|
+ mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
|
+ mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
|
|
|
return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
|
return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
|
/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
|
| Line 2666... |
Line 3220... |
be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
|
be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
|
instead. */
|
instead. */
|
|
|
static struct mips_got_entry *
|
static struct mips_got_entry *
|
mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg,
|
bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
|
asection *sgot, bfd_vma value,
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx,
|
unsigned long r_symndx,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
int r_type)
|
int r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
| Line 2683... |
Line 3236... |
entry.abfd = NULL;
|
entry.abfd = NULL;
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
entry.d.address = value;
|
entry.d.address = value;
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
|
if (g == NULL)
|
if (g == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
|
/* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
|
global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
|
global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
|
| Line 2747... |
Line 3300... |
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
|
(sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
|
(htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
|
|
|
/* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
|
/* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
{
|
{
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
asection *s;
|
asection *s;
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
bfd_vma got_address;
|
bfd_vma got_address;
|
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
+ entry.gotidx);
|
+ entry.gotidx);
|
|
|
loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
outrel.r_offset = got_address;
|
outrel.r_offset = got_address;
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
|
| Line 2772... |
Line 3325... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
return *loc;
|
return *loc;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
|
|
The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
|
|
much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
|
|
the current linking stage. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_size_type
|
|
count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *p;
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
|
|
for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
|
|
if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
|
|
&& (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
&& !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
|
|
++count;
|
|
}
|
|
return count;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
|
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
|
appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
|
appear towards the end. */
|
required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
|
|
known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
|
|
section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
hsd.low = NULL;
|
hsd.low = NULL;
|
hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
|
hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
|
hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
|
= hsd.min_got_dynindx
|
/* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
|
= (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
|
indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
|
hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
|
primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
|
|
dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
|
|
referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
|
|
don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
|
|
too large offsets. */
|
|
- (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
|
|
hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
|
elf_hash_table (info)),
|
elf_hash_table (info)),
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
|
&hsd);
|
&hsd);
|
|
|
/* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
|
/* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
|
accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
|
accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
|
BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
|
BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
|
BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
|
BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
|
<= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
|
== elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
|
|
== g->global_gotno);
|
|
|
/* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
|
/* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
|
table index in the GOT. */
|
table index in the GOT. */
|
g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
|
g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
|
|
|
| Line 2837... |
Line 3411... |
/* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
|
/* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
|
at all. */
|
at all. */
|
if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
|
if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
/* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
|
switch (h->global_got_area)
|
referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
|
|
referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
|
|
-1. Forced local symbols may also be marked with got offset 1,
|
|
but are never given global GOT entries. */
|
|
if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
|
|
{
|
{
|
|
case GGA_NONE:
|
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case GGA_NORMAL:
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
|
|
if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
|
h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
|
break;
|
}
|
|
else if (h->root.got.offset != 1 || h->forced_local)
|
case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
|
|
h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
|
if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
|
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 2870... |
Line 3443... |
posterity. */
|
posterity. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
struct mips_got_info *g,
|
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
|
/* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
|
/* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
|
table. */
|
table. */
|
if (h->dynindx == -1)
|
if (h->dynindx == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
|
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
|
{
|
{
|
case STV_INTERNAL:
|
case STV_INTERNAL:
|
case STV_HIDDEN:
|
case STV_HIDDEN:
|
_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
|
/* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| Line 2919... |
Line 3498... |
entry.gotidx = -1;
|
entry.gotidx = -1;
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
|
|
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
|
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
|
|
|
if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (tls_flag == 0)
|
if (tls_flag == 0)
|
{
|
hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
|
/* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
|
|
there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
|
|
generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
|
|
h->got.offset = 1;
|
|
if (h->forced_local)
|
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
|
/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
|
SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
|
SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
|
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
|
struct mips_got_info *g,
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
entry.symndx = symndx;
|
entry.symndx = symndx;
|
entry.d.addend = addend;
|
entry.d.addend = addend;
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
|
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
|
| Line 3005... |
Line 3580... |
mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
|
mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
|
{
|
{
|
return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
|
return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and that
|
/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
|
ADDEND is the addend for that relocation. G is the GOT information. */
|
that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
|
|
|
|
This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
|
|
required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
|
|
global symbols across multiple input files. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend,
|
mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
|
struct mips_got_info *g)
|
long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
|
struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
|
struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
|
struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
|
bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
|
bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
|
void **loc;
|
void **loc;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
/* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
|
/* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
|
lookup.abfd = abfd;
|
lookup.abfd = abfd;
|
lookup.symndx = symndx;
|
lookup.symndx = symndx;
|
loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
|
loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
| Line 3094... |
Line 3679... |
g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
|
g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
unsigned int n)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Make room for a null element. */
|
|
s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
++s->reloc_count;
|
|
}
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
|
|
if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
|
|
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
|
must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
|
|
h = entry->d.h;
|
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
{
|
|
*must_recreate = TRUE;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
|
|
hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
|
|
symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
|
|
on error. */
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
htab_t *new_got;
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
void **slot;
|
|
|
|
new_got = (htab_t *) data;
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
|
|
h = entry->d.h;
|
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
|
}
|
|
entry->d.h = h;
|
|
}
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
|
|
if (slot == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*new_got = NULL;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*slot == NULL)
|
|
*slot = entry;
|
|
else
|
|
free (entry);
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
|
|
replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_boolean must_recreate;
|
|
htab_t new_got;
|
|
|
|
must_recreate = FALSE;
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
|
|
if (must_recreate)
|
|
{
|
|
new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
|
|
if (new_got == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
|
|
or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
|
|
htab_delete (g->got_entries);
|
|
g->got_entries = new_got;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
|
|
to a mips_got_info. Count the number of type (3) entries. */
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
|
|
g = (struct mips_got_info *) data;
|
|
if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (h->root.forced_local || h->root.dynindx == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We no longer need this entry if it was only used for
|
|
relocations; those relocations will be against the
|
|
null or section symbol instead of H. */
|
|
if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
|
h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
g->global_gotno++;
|
|
if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
|
/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
|
|
|
static hashval_t
|
static hashval_t
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| Line 3169... |
Line 3905... |
bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
|
bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
|
bfdgot->g = g;
|
bfdgot->g = g;
|
|
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
g->local_gotno = 0;
|
g->local_gotno = 0;
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->assigned_gotno = -1;
|
g->assigned_gotno = -1;
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| Line 3225... |
Line 3962... |
if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
|
if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
g->tls_gotno += 1;
|
g->tls_gotno += 1;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
|
else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->root.forced_local)
|
++g->local_gotno;
|
++g->local_gotno;
|
else
|
else
|
++g->global_gotno;
|
++g->global_gotno;
|
|
|
return 1;
|
return 1;
|
| Line 3456... |
Line 4193... |
if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
|
if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
|
arg->needed_relocs +=
|
arg->needed_relocs +=
|
mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
|
mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
|
entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
|
entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
|
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL
|
&& entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1
|
&& entry->symndx == -1
|
&& !entry->d.h->forced_local
|
&& entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
&& entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
|
|
{
|
{
|
if (g)
|
if (g)
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
|
|
|
| Line 3473... |
Line 4209... |
&& entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
|
&& entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
|
&& !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
|
&& !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
|
++arg->needed_relocs;
|
++arg->needed_relocs;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
|
entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 1;
|
return 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
|
as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
|
bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
|
|
lazy-binding stubs. */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
|
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL
|
&& entry->symndx == -1
|
&& entry->symndx == -1
|
&& entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
|
&& entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
|
entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
|
|
points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
|
|
to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
|
|
modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
|
|
we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
|
|
the traversal must be restarted. */
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
|
|
htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
|
|
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
|
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
|
entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count--;
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
|
|
|
if (entry->d.h == h)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
entry->d.h = h;
|
|
|
|
/* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
|
|
it, and get the traversal restarted. */
|
|
if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
|
|
{
|
|
htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
|
|
entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
|
|
if (! *entryp)
|
|
*entryp = entry;
|
|
/* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
|
|
moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
|
|
process. */
|
|
*(htab_t *)p = NULL;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
/* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
|
|
either too early or too late for that at this point. */
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 1;
|
return 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
|
|
locations. */
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
|
|
{
|
|
htab_t got_entries;
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
got_entries = g->got_entries;
|
|
|
|
htab_traverse (got_entries,
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
|
|
&got_entries);
|
|
}
|
|
while (got_entries == NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
|
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
|
the primary GOT. */
|
the primary GOT. */
|
static bfd_vma
|
static bfd_vma
|
mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
|
mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 3583... |
Line 4265... |
/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
|
/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
|
a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
|
a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
|
asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
|
bfd_size_type pages)
|
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
|
struct mips_got_info *gg;
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
unsigned int assign;
|
unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
|
g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
|
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
| Line 3616... |
Line 4302... |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
|
/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
|
/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
|
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
|
- htab->reserved_gotno);
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
|
/* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
|
/* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
|
See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
|
See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
|
information. */
|
information. */
|
got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
|
got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
|
| Line 3640... |
Line 4326... |
if (g->next == NULL)
|
if (g->next == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->next->global_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->global_gotno = 0;
|
|
g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->local_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->local_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| Line 3689... |
Line 4376... |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
|
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
|
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
|
/* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
|
in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
|
present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
|
arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
|
those that are actually referenced. */
|
referenced.
|
gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
|
|
|
GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
|
|
the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
|
|
symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
|
|
the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
|
|
helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
|
|
follows IRIX's practice.
|
|
|
|
The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
|
|
global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
|
|
an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
|
|
the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
|
|
preserved. */
|
|
if (1)
|
|
{
|
|
gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
|
|
g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
|
g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
|
|
symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
|
|
primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
|
|
With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
|
|
symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
|
|
their entries can be omitted. */
|
|
gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
|
|
depends on the setting of VALUE). */
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
|
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
|
/* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
|
[assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
|
[assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
|
entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
|
entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
|
adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
|
adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
|
| Line 3758... |
Line 4413... |
|
|
do
|
do
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_got_info *gn;
|
struct mips_got_info *gn;
|
|
|
assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
|
assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
|
g->assigned_gotno = assign;
|
g->assigned_gotno = assign;
|
g->local_gotno += assign;
|
g->local_gotno += assign;
|
g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
|
g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
|
assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
|
assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
|
|
|
| Line 3779... |
Line 4434... |
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
|
|
/* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
|
/* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
|
g = gn;
|
g = gn;
|
|
|
/* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
|
/* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
|
stubs. */
|
lazy-binding stubs. */
|
if (g)
|
if (g)
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
|
}
|
}
|
while (g);
|
while (g);
|
|
|
got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
|
got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
|
+ gg->next->global_gotno
|
+ gg->next->global_gotno
|
+ gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
+ gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
|
|
needed_relocs = 0;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
|
|
for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int save_assign;
|
|
|
|
/* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
|
|
save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
|
|
mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
|
needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
|
|
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
|
|
+ g->next->global_gotno
|
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno
|
|
+ htab->reserved_gotno);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (needed_relocs)
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
|
|
needed_relocs);
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
|
/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
|
| Line 3951... |
Line 4639... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
|
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
|
|
{
|
{
|
flagword flags;
|
flagword flags;
|
register asection *s;
|
register asection *s;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| Line 3965... |
Line 4652... |
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
|
/* This function may be called more than once. */
|
/* This function may be called more than once. */
|
s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
|
if (htab->sgot)
|
if (s)
|
|
{
|
|
if (! maybe_exclude)
|
|
s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
|
|
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
|
|
if (maybe_exclude)
|
|
flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|
|
|
/* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
|
/* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
|
in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
|
in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
|
if (s == NULL
|
if (s == NULL
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
htab->sgot = s;
|
|
|
/* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
|
/* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
|
linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
|
linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
|
are not creating a global offset table. */
|
are not creating a global offset table. */
|
bh = NULL;
|
bh = NULL;
|
| Line 4011... |
Line 4691... |
g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
if (g == NULL)
|
if (g == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
|
g->local_gotno = 0;
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
|
g->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
g->bfd2got = NULL;
|
g->bfd2got = NULL;
|
g->next = NULL;
|
g->next = NULL;
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
|
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| Line 4026... |
Line 4707... |
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
|
g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
|
if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
|
if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
|
htab->got_info = g;
|
mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
|
mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
|
|= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
|= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
|
|
/* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
|
/* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
{
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
|
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
|
if (s == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
htab->sgotplt = s;
|
htab->sgotplt = s;
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
|
/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
|
| Line 4056... |
Line 4734... |
return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
|
return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
|
&& info->shared
|
&& info->shared
|
&& (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
|
&& (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
|
|| strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
|
|| strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
|
|
require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
|
|
which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
|
|
stub. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
|
|
where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
|
|
necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
|
|
is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
|
|
the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
|
|
if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
|
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
|
the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
|
the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
|
RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
|
RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
|
|
|
| Line 4088... |
Line 4794... |
/* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
|
/* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
|
occurring. */
|
occurring. */
|
bfd_vma symbol = 0;
|
bfd_vma symbol = 0;
|
/* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
|
/* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
|
shared object file being produced. */
|
shared object file being produced. */
|
bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
|
bfd_vma gp;
|
/* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
|
/* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
|
relocated. */
|
relocated. */
|
bfd_vma p;
|
bfd_vma p;
|
/* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
|
/* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
|
bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
|
bfd_vma gp0;
|
/* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
|
/* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
|
the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
|
the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
|
during execution. */
|
during execution. */
|
bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
|
bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
|
/* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
|
/* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
|
| Line 4171... |
Line 4877... |
addend -= symbol;
|
addend -= symbol;
|
addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
|
/* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
|
if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
++symbol;
|
++symbol;
|
|
|
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
|
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
|
*namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
*namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
sym->st_name);
|
sym->st_name);
|
if (*namep == '\0')
|
if (*namep == '\0')
|
*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
|
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
|
/* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
|
|
|
| Line 4205... |
Line 4911... |
if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
|
if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
|
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
|
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
|
{
|
{
|
/* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
|
/* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
|
R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
|
R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
|
if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
&& r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
|
|
gp_disp_p = TRUE;
|
gp_disp_p = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
/* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
|
/* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
|
| Line 4277... |
Line 4982... |
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
symbol = 0;
|
symbol = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
|
/* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
|
need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
|
to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
|
a stub. */
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
|
(a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
|
&& ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
|
|
|
(b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
|
|
non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
|
|
|
|
(c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
|
|
&& !info->relocatable
|
|
&& ((h != NULL
|
|
&& h->fn_stub != NULL
|
|
&& (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
|
|| (local_p
|
|| (local_p
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
&& !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
|
&& !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
|
{
|
{
|
/* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
|
/* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
|
have already noticed that we were going to need the
|
have already noticed that we were going to need the
|
stub. */
|
stub. */
|
if (local_p)
|
if (local_p)
|
| Line 4306... |
Line 5020... |
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
/* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
|
/* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
/* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
|
/* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
|
need to redirect the call to the stub. */
|
need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
|
|
exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
|
|
use an indirect stub instead. */
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
|
&& ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
|
&& ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
|
|| (local_p
|
|| (local_p
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
| Line 4346... |
Line 5062... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
}
|
}
|
|
/* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
|
|
non-PIC stub. */
|
|
else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
|
|
&& mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
|
|
symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
|
|
+ h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
|
|
+ h->la25_stub->offset);
|
|
|
/* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
|
/* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
|
special jalx instruction. */
|
special jalx instruction. */
|
*require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
|
*require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
|
&& (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
|
&& (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
|
|| ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
|
|| ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
|
|
|
local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
|
local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
|
local_sections, TRUE);
|
local_sections, TRUE);
|
|
|
/* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
|
gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
|
and we're going to need it, get it now. */
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
|
|
if (htab->got_info)
|
|
gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
|
|
|
|
if (gnu_local_gp_p)
|
|
symbol = gp;
|
|
|
|
/* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, oand we're going
|
|
to need it, get it now. */
|
switch (r_type)
|
switch (r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
/* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
|
/* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
|
| Line 4369... |
Line 5100... |
local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
|
local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
|
if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
|
if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
|
break;
|
break;
|
/* Fall through. */
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| Line 4394... |
Line 5127... |
/* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
|
/* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
|
entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
|
entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
&& (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|
&& (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16))
|
|| call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
|
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
|
g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
|
g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 4414... |
Line 5147... |
if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
|
if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
|
&& (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
|
&& (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
|
|| (info->shared
|
|| (info->shared
|
&& (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
|
&& (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
|
&& h->root.def_regular)))
|
&& h->root.def_regular)))
|
{
|
|
/* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
|
/* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
|
symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
|
symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
|
We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
|
We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
|
asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (!htab->is_vxworks
|
else if (!htab->is_vxworks
|
&& (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)))
|
&& (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
|
/* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
|
/* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
|
break;
|
break;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
| Line 4436... |
Line 5166... |
if (g == MINUS_ONE)
|
if (g == MINUS_ONE)
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
|
/* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
|
g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g);
|
g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_HI16:
|
|
case R_MIPS_LO16:
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
|
|
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
|
|
gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
|
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
|
|
if (dynobj)
|
|
gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL),
|
|
input_bfd);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (gnu_local_gp_p)
|
|
symbol = gp;
|
|
|
|
/* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
|
/* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
|
symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
|
symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
|
if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
|
if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
|
{
|
{
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| Line 4504... |
Line 5213... |
|
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
if ((info->shared
|
if ((info->shared
|
|| (!htab->is_vxworks
|
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
&& htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
&& h != NULL
|
&& h->root.def_dynamic
|
&& h->root.def_dynamic
|
&& !h->root.def_regular))
|
&& !h->root.def_regular
|
|
&& !h->has_static_relocs))
|
&& r_symndx != 0
|
&& r_symndx != 0
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
|
|| h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
|
/* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
|
against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
|
|
where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
|
where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
|
record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
|
record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
|
linker.
|
linker. We must do the same for executable references to
|
|
shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
|
In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
relocs or PLTs instead. */
|
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
|
|
no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
|
|
value = addend;
|
value = addend;
|
if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
|
if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
|
info,
|
info,
|
relocation,
|
relocation,
|
h,
|
h,
|
| Line 4672... |
Line 5381... |
if (was_local_p)
|
if (was_local_p)
|
value += gp0;
|
value += gp0;
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
/* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
|
/* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
|
R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
|
R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_boolean forced;
|
bfd_boolean forced;
|
|
|
forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
|
forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
|
| Line 4687... |
Line 5398... |
value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
symbol + addend, forced);
|
symbol + addend, forced);
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
value
|
value
|
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| Line 4741... |
Line 5452... |
if (! local_p)
|
if (! local_p)
|
goto got_disp;
|
goto got_disp;
|
value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
|
value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
if (local_p)
|
if (local_p)
|
| Line 4776... |
Line 5487... |
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
/* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
|
/* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
|
it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
|
it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
|
branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
|
when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
|
if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
|
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
value = symbol + addend;
|
value = symbol + addend;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
|
case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
|
| Line 4884... |
Line 5595... |
|
|
/* Make this the JALX opcode. */
|
/* Make this the JALX opcode. */
|
x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
|
x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
|
/* Try converting JAL and JALR to BAL, if the target is in range. */
|
prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
|
if (!info->relocatable
|
see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
|
|
transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
|
|
if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
|
|
&& !info->relocatable
|
|
&& !require_jalx
|
&& !require_jalx
|
&& ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
|
&& ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
|
|| (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
|
&& r_type == R_MIPS_26
|
|
&& (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
|
|
|| (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
|
|
&& r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
|
|
&& x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_vma addr;
|
bfd_vma addr;
|
bfd_vma dest;
|
bfd_vma dest;
|
bfd_signed_vma off;
|
bfd_signed_vma off;
|
|
|
| Line 4919... |
Line 5630... |
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
|
location);
|
location);
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips16_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
|
|
|
|
return FN_STUB_P (name) || CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
unsigned int n)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Make room for a null element. */
|
|
s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
++s->reloc_count;
|
|
}
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
|
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
|
is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
|
is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
|
dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
|
dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
|
caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
|
caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
|
|
|
| Line 5228... |
Line 5902... |
return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
|
return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
|
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
|
return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
|
return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
|
|
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
|
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
|
{
|
{
|
default:
|
default:
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
|
| Line 5310... |
Line 5987... |
definition in a shared library. */
|
definition in a shared library. */
|
static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
|
static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
|
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
|
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
|
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
|
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
|
|
|
/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
|
/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
|
This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
|
|
|
|
void
|
void
|
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
|
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
|
{
|
{
|
elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
|
elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
|
elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
|
elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
|
switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
|
switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
|
{
|
{
|
case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
|
case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
|
/* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
|
/* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
|
| Line 5405... |
Line 6082... |
asym->value -= section->vma;
|
asym->value -= section->vma;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 one. */
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
|
|
&& (asym->value & 1) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
asym->value--;
|
|
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
|
|
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
|
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
|
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
|
the default in the way it handles EABI64.
|
the default in the way it handles EABI64.
|
|
|
| Line 5586... |
Line 6272... |
|
|
if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
|
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
|
|
|
|
/* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
|
|
prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
|
|
changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
|
|
are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
|
|
input file, and without special handling here the flags set
|
|
on it in an input file will be followed. */
|
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
}
|
}
|
| Line 5690... |
Line 6378... |
case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
|
if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
|
case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
|
|
&& ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
|
if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
| Line 5884... |
Line 6573... |
{
|
{
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
|
|
|| CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
|
{
|
{
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
|
|
|
/* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
|
/* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
|
per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
|
per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
|
| Line 6108... |
Line 6798... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
|
/* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
|
odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
|
odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
|
the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
|
the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
|
if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
++*valp;
|
++*valp;
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
|
/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
|
symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
|
symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
|
also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
|
also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
int
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
|
(struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
(struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 6131... |
Line 6821... |
common in the output file. */
|
common in the output file. */
|
if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
&& strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
|
&& strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
|
|
|
if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
|
/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
|
|
|
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
|
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
|
| Line 6168... |
Line 6858... |
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We need to create .got section. */
|
/* We need to create .got section. */
|
if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
|
if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
|
if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
/* Create .stub section. */
|
/* Create .stub section. */
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
|
flags | SEC_CODE);
|
flags | SEC_CODE);
|
if (s == NULL
|
if (s == NULL
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
htab->sstubs = s;
|
|
|
if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
|
if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
|
&& !info->shared
|
&& !info->shared
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 6292... |
Line 6979... |
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
/* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
|
{
|
|
/* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
|
|
Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
|
Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
/* Cache the sections created above. */
|
/* Cache the sections created above. */
|
|
htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
|
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
{
|
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
|
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
|
htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
|
if (!htab->sdynbss
|
if (!htab->sdynbss
|
|| (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
|
|| (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
|
|| !htab->srelplt
|
|| !htab->srelplt
|
|| !htab->splt)
|
|| !htab->splt)
|
abort ();
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
{
|
/* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
|
/* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
|
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
/* Work out the PLT sizes. */
|
/* Work out the PLT sizes. */
|
| Line 6330... |
Line 7022... |
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
|
htab->plt_entry_size
|
htab->plt_entry_size
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
else if (!info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
/* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
|
|
htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
|
|
htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
|
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
|
/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
|
| Line 6397... |
Line 7095... |
const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
|
reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
|
reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
|
bfd_vma l;
|
bfd_vma l;
|
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
|
if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
|
else
|
else
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
|
|
|
/* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
|
/* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
|
| Line 6466... |
Line 7164... |
{
|
{
|
const char *name;
|
const char *name;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
asection *sgot;
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
asection *sreloc;
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
bfd_byte *contents;
|
bfd_byte *contents;
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
| Line 6487... |
Line 7183... |
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
|
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
|
|
|
/* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
|
/* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
|
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
if (FN_STUB_P (name))
|
if (FN_STUB_P (name))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
|
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
this is for. */
|
this is for. */
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
|
r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
|
|
if (r_symndx == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
|
|
" stub section `%s'"),
|
|
abfd, name);
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *o;
|
asection *o;
|
| Line 6515... |
Line 7223... |
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
|
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
|| mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
|
|| section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
sec_relocs
|
sec_relocs
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
info->keep_memory);
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| Line 6527... |
Line 7235... |
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
|
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
|
&& ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
|
&& !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
|
free (sec_relocs);
|
free (sec_relocs);
|
|
|
| Line 6613... |
Line 7321... |
asection **loc;
|
asection **loc;
|
|
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
this is for. */
|
this is for. */
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
|
r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
|
|
if (r_symndx == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
|
|
" stub section `%s'"),
|
|
abfd, name);
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *o;
|
asection *o;
|
| Line 6631... |
Line 7348... |
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
|
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
|| mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
|
|| section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
sec_relocs
|
sec_relocs
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
info->keep_memory);
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| Line 6720... |
Line 7437... |
*loc = sec;
|
*loc = sec;
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sgot = NULL;
|
|
g = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
|
g = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
|
|
g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
|
|
contents = NULL;
|
contents = NULL;
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
|
| Line 6764... |
Line 7462... |
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
|
|
while (h != NULL
|
/* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
if (h != NULL)
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
|
{
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
|
/* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
|
if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
|
relocation into a dynamic one. */
|
{
|
can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
|
switch (r_type)
|
switch (r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| Line 6792... |
Line 7489... |
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
|
if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
{
|
{
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
|
(_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
|
|
has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
|
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
|
must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
|
no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
|
possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
|
if (dynobj == NULL
|
|
&& (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
|
For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
|
|
choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
|
|
one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
|
|
usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
|
|
against a read-only section. */
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
|
|| (h != NULL
|
|
&& !htab->is_vxworks
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
|
|
&& !(!info->nocopyreloc
|
|
&& !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
|
|
&& MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
|
/* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
|
|
for branches. */
|
|
if (h)
|
|
h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
|
if (h)
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (h)
|
if (h)
|
{
|
{
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
|
/* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
|
room for them in .rela.dyn. */
|
room for them in .rela.dyn. */
|
if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
|
if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 6847... |
Line 7572... |
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|
|| (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks))
|
|| (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
|
{
|
{
|
/* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
|
/* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
|
don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
|
don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
|
maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
|
maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
|
the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
|
the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
|
R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
|
R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
|
always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
|
always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
|
R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
|
R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
|
R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
|
R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
|
if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
rel->r_addend, g, 0))
|
rel->r_addend, info, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
|
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
switch (r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
if (h == NULL)
|
if (h == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
|
(_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
| Line 6879... |
Line 7608... |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
if (h != NULL)
|
if (h != NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
/* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
|
/* VxWorks call relocations point at the function's .got.plt
|
entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
|
entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
|
Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
|
Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
|
if ((!htab->is_vxworks || h->forced_local)
|
if ((!htab->is_vxworks || h->forced_local)
|
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
|
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
/* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
|
/* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
|
function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
|
function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
|
_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| Line 6902... |
Line 7631... |
if (h)
|
if (h)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
|
while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
/* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
|
|| hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
|
hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
|
|
|
|
if (hmips->root.def_regular
|
if (hmips->root.def_regular
|
&& ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
|
&& ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
|
&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
|
&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
|
h = NULL;
|
h = NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
/* Fall through. */
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
if (!h)
|
if (!h || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE)
|
{
|
{
|
/* This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT. */
|
/* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
|
|
page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
|
|
know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
|
|
preemptible. */
|
if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
|
if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
|
{
|
{
|
if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
|
| Line 6935... |
Line 7664... |
else
|
else
|
addend <<= howto->rightshift;
|
addend <<= howto->rightshift;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (abfd, r_symndx, addend, g))
|
if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
|
|
addend))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
/* Fall through. */
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
|
if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
if (info->shared)
|
if (info->shared)
|
| Line 6974... |
Line 7704... |
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
hmips->tls_type |= flag;
|
hmips->tls_type |= flag;
|
|
|
if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag))
|
if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd,
|
|
info, flag))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
|
BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
|
|
|
if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
rel->r_addend, g, flag))
|
rel->r_addend,
|
|
info, flag))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
| Line 6994... |
Line 7726... |
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
|
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
|
no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
|
no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
|
if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
|
if (can_make_dynamic_p)
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
{
|
{
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
if (info->shared)
|
if (info->shared && h == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
|
reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
|
relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
|
relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
| Line 7018... |
Line 7749... |
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
|
|
/* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
|
/* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
|
defined in a dynamic object. */
|
unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
|
|
weak with non-default visibility, in which case
|
|
it will be left as zero.
|
|
|
|
We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
|
|
in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
|
|
|
|
For an executable, we only need to copy this
|
|
reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
|
|
object. */
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
|
/* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
|
/* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
|
are relocations against the text segment. */
|
are relocations against the text segment. */
|
hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
|
|
this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
|
|
table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
|
|
dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
|
|
to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
|
|
between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
|
|
if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
|
if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
|
|
if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
|
if (h)
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
if (h)
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
|
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
|
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
| Line 7099... |
Line 7813... |
switch (r_type)
|
switch (r_type)
|
{
|
{
|
default:
|
default:
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
|
/* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
|
symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
|
if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
|
References from a stub section do not count. */
|
we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
|
|
when processing the stub's relocations. */
|
if (h != NULL
|
if (h != NULL
|
&& r_type != R_MIPS16_26
|
&& !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
|
&& !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, sec))
|
&& !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
|
|
|
mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
/* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
|
}
|
shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
|
|
not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
|
bfd_boolean
|
will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
|
_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
if (info->shared)
|
bfd_boolean *again)
|
|
{
|
{
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
switch (r_type)
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
{
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
case R_MIPS_HI16:
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
|
bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
|
bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
/* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
|
|
if (r_symndx == 0)
|
/* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
|
break;
|
*again = FALSE;
|
|
|
/* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
|
|
and has a special meaning. */
|
|
if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
|
(_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
|
|
abfd, howto->name,
|
|
(h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
|
_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
|
bfd_boolean *again)
|
|
{
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
|
bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
|
|
bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
|
|
*again = FALSE;
|
|
|
if (link_info->relocatable)
|
if (link_info->relocatable)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
|
internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
|
| Line 7284... |
Line 8040... |
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
free (contents);
|
free (contents);
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
|
understand. */
|
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
static bfd_boolean
|
_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
|
{
|
{
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
asection *s;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
/* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
|
allocate relocations in shared objects. */
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
return TRUE;
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
|
|
|
/* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
|
/* Ignore indirect and warning symbols. All relocations against
|
any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
|
such symbols will be redirected to the target symbol. */
|
file. */
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
|
|
a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
|
|
R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
|
if (! info->relocatable
|
if (! info->relocatable
|
&& hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
|
&& hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
|| !h->def_regular))
|
|| !h->def_regular
|
|
|| info->shared))
|
{
|
{
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
|
bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
|
(dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
|
|
if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
|
|
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
|
|
against the text segment. */
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
|
|
&& h->needs_plt)
|
|
{
|
{
|
if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
/* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
|
return TRUE;
|
non-default visibility. */
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
|
do_copy = FALSE;
|
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
|
symbol in PIEs. */
|
function pointers compare as equal between the normal
|
else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
|
executable and the shared library. */
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
|
{
|
{
|
/* We need .stub section. */
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
|
return FALSE;
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
|
|
h->plt.offset = s->size;
|
|
|
|
/* Make room for this stub code. */
|
|
s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
|
|
|
/* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
|
|
of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
|
|
&& !h->needs_plt)
|
|
{
|
|
/* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
|
|
the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = 0;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
if (do_copy)
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
/* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
a symbol must have a dynamic symbol table index greater that
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic relocations against it. */
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
return TRUE;
|
hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
|
is not a function. */
|
(dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
|
|
if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
|
|
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
|
|
against the text segment. */
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
|
understand. */
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
bfd_boolean
|
_bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| Line 7403... |
Line 8133... |
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
|| h->needs_copy
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
|
|
/* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
|
|
executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
|
|
case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
|
|
load stub. */
|
|
if ((hmips->is_branch_target
|
|
|| (!info->shared
|
|
&& h->type == STT_FUNC
|
|
&& hmips->is_relocation_target))
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
|
&& !h->def_regular
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
|
/* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
|
the functions directly. */
|
see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
|
else if (h->needs_plt
|
only do this if all references to the function are through call
|
&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
are much more efficient than PLT entries.
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
|
|
|
Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
|
|
VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
{
|
{
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
|
|
the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
|
|
function pointers compare as equal between the normal
|
|
executable and the shared library. */
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
|
{
|
|
hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count++;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
/* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
|
|
functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
|
|
|
if (h->needs_plt)
|
Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
|
|
are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
|
|
This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
|
|
branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
|
|
used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
|
|
for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
|
|
case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
|
|
else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
|
|| (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
|
|
&& htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
|
&& !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
{
|
{
|
/* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
|
/* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
|
for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
|
for the header. */
|
if (htab->splt->size == 0)
|
if (htab->splt->size == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
|
|
|
|
/* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
|
|
entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
|
|
Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
|
|
lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks
|
|
&& !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
|
|
for the same reason as above. */
|
|
if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
|
if (!info->shared)
|
|
|
/* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
|
|
are reserved. */
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
|
|
|
|
/* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
|
|
.rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
|
/* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
|
h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
|
h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
|
|
|
/* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
|
/* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
|
symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
|
symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
|
point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
|
if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
|
this stub will become the canonical function address. */
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
|
{
|
{
|
h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
|
h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
if (!info->shared)
|
/* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
|
|
lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
|
|
function address. */
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
h->root.u.def.value += 8;
|
h->root.u.def.value += 8;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
|
/* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
|
relocation. */
|
htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
|
|
htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
|
|
? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
|
|
: MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
|
|
|
/* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
|
/* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
|
if (!info->shared)
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
/* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
|
}
|
dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
|
|
hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
|
|
/* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
|
|
need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
|
{
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = 0;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
| Line 7496... |
Line 8261... |
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
/* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
|
is not a function. */
|
in regular objects. */
|
if (info->shared)
|
if (h->def_regular)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
|
|
against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
|
|
if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
|
|
some that we can't convert. */
|
|
if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
|
|
"dynamic symbol %s"),
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
| Line 7513... |
Line 8294... |
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
|
else
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
|
|
dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
|
|
hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
|
|
The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
|
|
much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
|
|
the current linking stage. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_size_type
|
|
count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *p;
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
|
|
for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
|
|
if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
|
|
&& (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
&& !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
|
|
++count;
|
|
}
|
|
return count;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
|
check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
|
check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
bfd_boolean
|
_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *ri;
|
asection *ri;
|
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
int i;
|
|
bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
|
|
bfd_size_type page_gotno;
|
|
bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
|
|
bfd *sub;
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
|
/* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
|
/* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
|
ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
|
ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
|
if (ri != NULL)
|
if (ri != NULL)
|
bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
|
bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
|
|
|
if (! (info->relocatable
|
hti.info = info;
|
|| ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
|
hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
|
|
hti.error = FALSE;
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
|
mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
|
|
if (hti.error)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
|
/* Relocatable links don't have it. */
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
|
/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
|
|
bfd_size_type page_gotno;
|
|
bfd *sub;
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
if (s == NULL)
|
if (s == NULL)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
|
|
3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
|
|
else
|
|
htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
|
|
g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
|
|
|
|
/* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
|
|
the target symbol. */
|
|
if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, g);
|
|
|
/* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
|
/* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
|
will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
|
will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
|
required. */
|
required. */
|
for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
|
for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 7606... |
Line 8396... |
loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
|
loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
|
&~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
|
&~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
|
|
a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
|
|
higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
|
|
that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
|
|
do that here. */
|
|
if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
|
|
i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
|
|
else
|
|
/* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
|
|
relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
|
|
At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
|
|
and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
|
|
be needed. */
|
|
dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
|
|
+ count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
|
|
|
|
/* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
|
|
htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
|
|
? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
|
|
: MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
|
|
|
|
/* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
|
|
one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
|
|
rld. */
|
|
loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1);
|
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
/* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
|
/* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
|
relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
|
relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
|
not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
|
not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
|
page_gotno = 0;
|
page_gotno = 0;
|
else
|
else
|
/* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
|
/* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
|
| Line 7655... |
Line 8413... |
if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
|
if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
|
page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
|
page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
|
|
|
g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
|
g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
|
s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
|
s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
g->global_gotno = i;
|
|
s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
|
|
|
/* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
|
/* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
|
instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
|
instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
|
entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
|
entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
|
count_tls_arg.info = info;
|
count_tls_arg.info = info;
|
| Line 7670... |
Line 8426... |
mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
|
&count_tls_arg);
|
&count_tls_arg);
|
g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
|
g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
|
s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
|
|
|
|
/* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
|
/* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
|
__GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
|
__GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
|
dynamic loader. */
|
dynamic loader. */
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
{
|
|
/* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
|
|
unsigned int count;
|
|
|
|
count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
|
|
if (count)
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
|
{
|
{
|
if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, page_gotno))
|
if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
|
|
|
|
/* Set up TLS entries. */
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
|
|
arg.info = info;
|
|
arg.needed = 0;
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
|
|
&arg);
|
|
if (arg.needed)
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
|
}
|
}
|
htab->computed_got_sizes = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
|
|
section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count++;
|
|
|
|
/* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
|
|
At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
|
|
and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
|
|
be needed. */
|
|
dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
|
|
+ count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
|
|
|
|
/* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
|
|
htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
|
|
? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
|
|
: MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
|
|
|
|
htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
|
|
MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
|
|
allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
|
|
if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
|
|
{
|
|
h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
|
|
h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
|
|
h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
|
|
htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
|
|
Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
htab->sstubs->size = 0;
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
|
|
htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
|
|
== htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
bfd_boolean
|
_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| Line 7718... |
Line 8567... |
s->size
|
s->size
|
= strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
|
= strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
|
s->contents
|
s->contents
|
= (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
|
= (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
|
|
if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
|
|
|
h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
|
|
"_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
|
|
htab->root.hplt = h;
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
h->type = STT_FUNC;
|
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
|
|
|
|
mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
|
|
|
|
if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
|
|
|
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
|
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
|
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
|
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
|
memory for them. */
|
memory for them. */
|
reltext = FALSE;
|
reltext = FALSE;
|
sreldyn = NULL;
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
{
|
{
|
const char *name;
|
const char *name;
|
|
|
/* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
|
/* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
|
| Line 7772... |
Line 8645... |
relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
|
relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
|
broken, so don't let it run. */
|
broken, so don't let it run. */
|
info->combreloc = 0;
|
info->combreloc = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Executables do not need a GOT. */
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
unsigned int count;
|
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
|
|
count = (g->global_gotno
|
|
+ g->local_gotno
|
|
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got"))
|
|
{
|
|
/* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
|
|
most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
|
|
to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
|
|
hash tables. */
|
|
struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
|
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
|
|
unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (gg->next)
|
|
{
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
|
|
find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
|
|
resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
|
|
for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int save_assign;
|
|
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
|
|
|
|
/* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
|
|
save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
|
|
mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
|
needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
|
|
<= g->global_gotno);
|
|
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
|
{
|
|
needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
|
|
+ g->next->global_gotno
|
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno
|
|
+ MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
|
|
arg.info = info;
|
|
arg.needed = 0;
|
|
|
|
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs,
|
|
&arg);
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
|
|
&arg);
|
|
|
|
needed_relocs += arg.needed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (needed_relocs)
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
|
|
needed_relocs);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
|
|
of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
|
|
s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (! info->shared
|
else if (! info->shared
|
&& ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
|
&& ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
|
{
|
{
|
/* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
|
/* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
|
| Line 7873... |
Line 8656... |
s->size += 4;
|
s->size += 4;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
|
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
|
s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
|
s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
|
|
else if (s == htab->splt)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
|
|
room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
|
|
for CPUs without load interlocking. */
|
|
if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
|
|
&& ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
|
}
|
else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
|
else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
|
|
&& s != htab->sgot
|
&& s != htab->sgotplt
|
&& s != htab->sgotplt
|
&& s != htab->splt)
|
&& s != htab->sstubs
|
|
&& s != htab->sdynbss)
|
{
|
{
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 7890... |
Line 8684... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
|
|
size above. */
|
|
if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
sreldyn = s;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
|
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
|
|
if (sreldyn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size);
|
|
if (sreldyn->contents == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
| Line 7958... |
Line 8733... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
{
|
{
|
/* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
|
/* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
|
use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
|
use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
|
if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
|
if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
|
{
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (htab->splt->size > 0)
|
|
{
|
{
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
|
if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
|
| Line 8030... |
Line 8795... |
&& (bfd_get_section_by_name
|
&& (bfd_get_section_by_name
|
(dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
|
(dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
|
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
|
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
if (htab->splt->size > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 8184... |
Line 8963... |
relocs, rel))
|
relocs, rel))
|
{
|
{
|
rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
|
rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
|
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
|
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
|
howto, contents);
|
howto, contents);
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
|
if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
|
|| (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
|
|| (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
|
|
&& mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
|
&& mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
|
local_sections, FALSE)))
|
local_sections, FALSE)))
|
{
|
{
|
if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
|
if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
|
contents, &addend))
|
contents, &addend))
|
| Line 8225... |
Line 9003... |
rel->r_offset -= 4;
|
rel->r_offset -= 4;
|
|
|
if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
|
if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
|
{
|
{
|
addend += rel->r_addend;
|
addend += rel->r_addend;
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
|
if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
|
|
addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
|
addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
|
addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
|
addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
|
addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
|
addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
|
| Line 8426... |
Line 9203... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
|
|
in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
|
bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
|
|
|
|
stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
|
|
hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
|
|
s = stub->stub_section;
|
|
loc = s->contents;
|
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
|
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
hti->error = TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
s->contents = loc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
|
|
offset = stub->offset;
|
|
|
|
/* Work out the target address. */
|
|
target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
|
+ stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
|
+ stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
|
|
target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
target_low = (target & 0xffff);
|
|
|
|
if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
|
|
{
|
|
/* This is a simple LUI/ADIDU stub. Zero out the beginning
|
|
of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
|
|
memset (loc, 0, offset);
|
|
loc += offset;
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* This is trampoline. */
|
|
loc += offset;
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
|
/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
|
adjust it appropriately now. */
|
adjust it appropriately now. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| Line 8491... |
Line 9330... |
asection *sgot;
|
asection *sgot;
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
const char *name;
|
const char *name;
|
int idx;
|
int idx;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
|
|
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
{
|
{
|
asection *s;
|
/* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
|
bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
|
|
bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
|
|
const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
|
|
header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset);
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the index of the entry. */
|
|
plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
|
|
/ htab->plt_entry_size);
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
|
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset
|
|
+ (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
|
|
got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
/* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
|
|
loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
|
|
+ (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
|
bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
|
|
else
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
|
|
|
|
/* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
|
|
|
|
/* Pick the load opcode. */
|
|
load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
|
|
plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
|
|
|
|
if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
|
|
plt_index, h->dynindx,
|
|
R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
|
|
|
|
/* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
|
|
giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
|
|
flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
|
|
binary where pointer equality matters. */
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
|
sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
|
|
else
|
|
sym->st_value = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
|
bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
|
bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
|
|
|
/* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
|
/* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
|
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|
BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|
|| (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
|
|| (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
|
|
|
/* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
|
/* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
|
sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
|
sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
|
| Line 8542... |
Line 9455... |
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
|
else
|
else
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
|
stub + idx);
|
stub + idx);
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
|
memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size);
|
memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
|
|
stub, htab->function_stub_size);
|
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
|
only for the referenced symbol. */
|
only for the referenced symbol. */
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
|
/* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
|
/* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
|
to reset the global offset table entry for this external
|
to reset the global offset table entry for this external
|
to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
|
to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
|
sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
|
sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
|
|
+ htab->sstubs->output_offset
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
|
|
refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
|
|
conventions. */
|
|
if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
|
|
sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
|
|
+ hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
|
|
sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
|
|
sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
|
|
}
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
|| h->forced_local);
|
|| h->forced_local);
|
|
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
|
|
g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
/* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
|
/* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
|
the symbols that need them. */
|
the symbols that need them. */
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
|
| Line 8574... |
Line 9499... |
{
|
{
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
bfd_vma value;
|
bfd_vma value;
|
|
|
value = sym->st_value;
|
value = sym->st_value;
|
offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
|
offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
|
|
R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
|
if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 8588... |
Line 9514... |
|
|
gg = g;
|
gg = g;
|
|
|
e.abfd = output_bfd;
|
e.abfd = output_bfd;
|
e.symndx = -1;
|
e.symndx = -1;
|
e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
|
e.d.h = hmips;
|
e.tls_type = 0;
|
e.tls_type = 0;
|
|
|
for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
{
|
{
|
if (g->got_entries
|
if (g->got_entries
|
| Line 8675... |
Line 9601... |
else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
|
else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
|
{
|
|
asection *s;
|
|
bfd_vma symval;
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
|
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
|
symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.value);
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
|
|
h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
|
/* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
|
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
if (! info->shared)
|
| Line 8704... |
Line 9647... |
!= NULL);
|
!= NULL);
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
|
/* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
|
if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
|
treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
|
|
sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
|
|
}
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
|
/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
|
| Line 8826... |
Line 9773... |
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
|
|
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
|
|
g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
/* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
|
/* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
|
&& h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
|
&& h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
|
| Line 8877... |
Line 9822... |
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
|
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
|
++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
|
++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
|
/* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
|
if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
|
bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
|
|
static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
|
plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
|
|
else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
|
|
plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
|
|
else
|
|
plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
|
|
gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
|
|
gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
/* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
|
|
not be loaded in two instructions. */
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
|
|
|| ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Install the PLT header. */
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents;
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
|
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
|
contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
|
contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| Line 8990... |
Line 9976... |
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
|
|
sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
gg = htab->got_info;
|
gg = g = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
|
|
gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_byte *b;
|
bfd_byte *b;
|
int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
|
int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
|
|
for (b = sdyn->contents;
|
for (b = sdyn->contents;
|
b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
|
b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
|
b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
|
b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
|
| Line 9044... |
Line 10024... |
dyn.d_un.d_val =
|
dyn.d_un.d_val =
|
_bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
|
_bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
name = ".got";
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
{
|
break;
|
/* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
|
|
of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
|
case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
|
s = htab->sgotplt;
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
|
break;
|
break;
|
| Line 9124... |
Line 10096... |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
|
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
|
break;
|
break;
|
| Line 9145... |
Line 10117... |
if (htab->srelplt)
|
if (htab->srelplt)
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_PLTREL:
|
case DT_PLTREL:
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
|
|
else
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
|
+ htab->srelplt->output_offset);
|
+ htab->srelplt->output_offset);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DT_TEXTREL:
|
case DT_TEXTREL:
|
/* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
|
/* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
|
| Line 9228... |
Line 10203... |
{
|
{
|
/* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
|
/* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
|
runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
|
runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
|
This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
|
This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
|
sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| Line 9252... |
Line 10227... |
bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
|
bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno;
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno;
|
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
|
+ index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
+ index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
|
|
sgot->contents
|
+ index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
+ index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
if (! info->shared)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
| Line 9347... |
Line 10323... |
bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
|
bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
|
((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
|
((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
|
s->contents));
|
s->contents));
|
|
|
/* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
|
/* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
|
if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
|
{
|
{
|
file_ptr dummy_offset;
|
file_ptr dummy_offset;
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
|
dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size;
|
dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
|
memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
|
memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
|
htab->function_stub_size);
|
htab->function_stub_size);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
| Line 9385... |
Line 10359... |
sort_dynamic_relocs);
|
sort_dynamic_relocs);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0)
|
if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
{
|
{
|
if (info->shared)
|
if (info->shared)
|
mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
else
|
else
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
}
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
|
|
mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
|
/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
|
| Line 9462... |
Line 10444... |
case bfd_mach_mips5000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips5000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips7000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips7000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips8000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips8000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips10000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips10000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips12000:
|
case bfd_mach_mips12000:
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips14000:
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips16000:
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips5:
|
case bfd_mach_mips5:
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
|
| Line 9485... |
Line 10469... |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
|
case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
|
| Line 9933... |
Line 10921... |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
|
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
|
{
|
{
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| Line 9969... |
Line 10959... |
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
|
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
|
|
|
dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
|
indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
|
/* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
|
|
definition will be against the target symbol. */
|
|
if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
|
|
dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
|
|
|
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
|
indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
|
dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
|
if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
|
dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
|
if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
|
dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
|
if (indmips->fn_stub)
|
if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
|
|
dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
|
|
bfd_boolean force_local)
|
|
{
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
asection *got;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
|
if (h->forced_local)
|
|
return;
|
|
h->forced_local = force_local;
|
|
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
|
if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS
|
|
&& (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL
|
|
&& (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (g->next)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_got_entry e;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
|
|
|
|
/* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
|
|
local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
|
|
that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
|
|
the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
|
|
the upper limit of global entries. */
|
|
e.abfd = dynobj;
|
|
e.symndx = -1;
|
|
e.d.h = h;
|
|
e.tls_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
|
|
if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
|
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
|
dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
|
g->global_gotno--;
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
|
/* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
|
|
no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
|
|
at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
|
|
of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
|
|
if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
|
|
{
|
{
|
BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
|
dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
gg->assigned_gotno--;
|
indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
if (indmips->call_stub)
|
else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* check_relocs didn't know that this symbol would be
|
|
forced-local, so add an extra local got entry. */
|
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
|
if (htab->computed_got_sizes)
|
|
{
|
{
|
/* We'll have treated this symbol as global rather
|
dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
|
than local. */
|
indmips->call_stub = NULL;
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
|
|
g->global_gotno--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
}
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks && h->root.needs_plt)
|
if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
|
{
|
{
|
/* check_relocs didn't know that this symbol would be
|
dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
|
forced-local, so add an extra local got entry. */
|
indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
|
if (htab->computed_got_sizes)
|
|
/* The symbol is only used in call relocations, so we'll
|
|
have assumed it only needs a .got.plt entry. Increase
|
|
the size of .got accordingly. */
|
|
got->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
}
|
|
if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
|
|
dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
|
|
if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
|
|
indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
|
if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
|
|
dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
|
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
|
if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
|
|
dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
#define PDR_SIZE 32
|
#define PDR_SIZE 32
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
bfd_boolean
|
| Line 10493... |
Line 11430... |
if (reloc_vector != NULL)
|
if (reloc_vector != NULL)
|
free (reloc_vector);
|
free (reloc_vector);
|
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate ABFD's target-dependent data. */
|
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
|
{
|
|
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
|
|
MIPS_ELF_TDATA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
{
|
{
|
| Line 10523... |
Line 11469... |
ret->procedure_count = 0;
|
ret->procedure_count = 0;
|
ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
|
ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
|
ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
|
ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
|
ret->rld_value = 0;
|
ret->rld_value = 0;
|
ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
|
ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
|
ret->computed_got_sizes = FALSE;
|
ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
|
ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
|
ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
|
ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
|
ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
|
ret->srelbss = NULL;
|
ret->srelbss = NULL;
|
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
|
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
|
ret->srelplt = NULL;
|
ret->srelplt = NULL;
|
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
|
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
|
ret->sgotplt = NULL;
|
ret->sgotplt = NULL;
|
ret->splt = NULL;
|
ret->splt = NULL;
|
|
ret->sstubs = NULL;
|
|
ret->sgot = NULL;
|
|
ret->got_info = NULL;
|
ret->plt_header_size = 0;
|
ret->plt_header_size = 0;
|
ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
|
ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
|
|
ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
|
ret->function_stub_size = 0;
|
ret->function_stub_size = 0;
|
|
ret->strampoline = NULL;
|
|
ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
|
|
ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
|
|
|
return &ret->root.root;
|
return &ret->root.root;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
|
/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
|
| Line 10552... |
Line 11505... |
if (ret)
|
if (ret)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
|
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
|
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
|
htab->is_vxworks = 1;
|
htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
|
|
htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
return ret;
|
return ret;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
|
|
and copy relocs. */
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
|
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
|
the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
|
the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
|
sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
|
sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
|
|
|
| Line 10570... |
Line 11533... |
struct bfd_link_order *p;
|
struct bfd_link_order *p;
|
asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
|
asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
|
asection *rtproc_sec;
|
asection *rtproc_sec;
|
Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
|
Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
|
HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
|
void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
|
void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
|
asection *s;
|
asection *s;
|
| Line 10591... |
Line 11555... |
{
|
{
|
scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
|
scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
|
scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
|
scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
/* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
|
/* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
|
generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
|
those without. */
|
Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
|
|
the sort again. */
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
|
{
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
|
asection *got;
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
|
bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
|
|
|
|
/* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
|
|
the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
|
|
symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
|
|
adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
|
|
we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
|
|
section above. */
|
|
|
|
dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info);
|
|
if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
/* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
|
/* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
hti.info = info;
|
got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
|
hti.output_bfd = abfd;
|
g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
|
hti.error = FALSE;
|
|
htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
|
if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
|
if (hti.error)
|
BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
|
return FALSE;
|
- g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
|
|
<= g->global_gotno);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get a value for the GP register. */
|
/* Get a value for the GP register. */
|
if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
|
if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| Line 10814... |
Line 11758... |
}
|
}
|
|
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
|
|
if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
|
|| (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
|
|
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
{
|
/* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
|
/* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
|
doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
|
doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
|
want to deal with it. */
|
want to deal with it. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
| Line 11226... |
Line 12168... |
{ bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
|
|
|
/* MIPS64 extensions. */
|
/* MIPS64 extensions. */
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
|
|
/* MIPS V extensions. */
|
/* MIPS V extensions. */
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
|
|
|
/* R10000 extensions. */
|
/* R10000 extensions. */
|
{ bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
{ bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
|
|
/* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
|
/* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
|
vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
|
vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
|
better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
|
better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
|
many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
|
many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
|
| Line 11489... |
Line 12434... |
(_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
|
(_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
|
ibfd);
|
ibfd);
|
return FALSE;
|
return FALSE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
|
|| bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| Line 11543... |
Line 12487... |
/* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
|
/* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
|
just be able to ignore this. */
|
just be able to ignore this. */
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
|
|
/* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
|
/* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
|
PIC by design. */
|
if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0
|
new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
|
&& (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
|
new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
|
|
|
|
if (new_flags == old_flags)
|
if (new_flags == old_flags)
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
/* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
|
/* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
|
| Line 11579... |
Line 12521... |
|
|
if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
|
if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
|
!= ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
|
!= ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
|
{
|
{
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
(_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
|
(_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
|
ibfd);
|
ibfd);
|
ok = TRUE;
|
ok = TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
|
if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
|
| Line 11698... |
Line 12640... |
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
|
elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
return TRUE;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
char *
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (dtag)
|
|
{
|
|
default: return "";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
|
|
return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
|
|
return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
|
|
return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
|
|
return "MIPS_IVERSION";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
|
|
return "MIPS_FLAGS";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
|
|
return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
|
|
return "MIPS_MSYM";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
|
|
return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
|
|
return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
|
|
return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
|
|
return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
|
|
return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
|
|
return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
|
|
return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
|
|
return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
|
|
return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
|
|
return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
|
|
return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
|
return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
|
|
return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
|
|
return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
|
return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
|
|
return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
bfd_boolean
|
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
|
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
|
{
|
{
|
FILE *file = ptr;
|
FILE *file = ptr;
|
|
|
| Line 11830... |
Line 12871... |
return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
No newline at end of file
|
No newline at end of file
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
return (plt->vma
|
|
+ 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
|
|
+ i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
|
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
if (link_info)
|
|
{
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
|
|
if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
No newline at end of file
|
No newline at end of file
|
